8387 lines
		
	
	
		
			270 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			8387 lines
		
	
	
		
			270 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 | |
| and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 | |
| 
 | |
|                        Written by Philip Hazel
 | |
|            Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
 | |
| 
 | |
| -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 | |
| modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 | |
|       this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 | |
|       notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 | |
|       documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
 | |
|       contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 | |
|       this software without specific prior written permission.
 | |
| 
 | |
| THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 | |
| AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 | |
| IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 | |
| ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 | |
| LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 | |
| CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 | |
| SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 | |
| INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 | |
| CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 | |
| ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 | |
| POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 | |
| -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
 | |
| supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 | |
| #include "config.h"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
 | |
| #define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
 | |
| #define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "pcre_internal.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which
 | |
| is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production
 | |
| library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the
 | |
| COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
| /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */
 | |
| #define PCRE_INCLUDED
 | |
| #include "pcre_printint.c"
 | |
| #undef PCRE_INCLUDED
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7))
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
 | |
| holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
 | |
| INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
 | |
| to check them every time. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
|   add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *,
 | |
|     const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int);
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
|   compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int,
 | |
|     pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *,
 | |
|     compile_data *, int *);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Code parameters and static tables         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
 | |
| first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
 | |
| is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
 | |
| soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
 | |
| does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
 | |
| so this number is very generous.
 | |
| 
 | |
| The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
 | |
| remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
 | |
| end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
 | |
| is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get
 | |
| filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like
 | |
| /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so
 | |
| that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value
 | |
| below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The
 | |
| minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc()
 | |
| kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE)
 | |
| #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
 | |
| overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define REQ_CASELESS    (1 << 0)        /* Indicates caselessness */
 | |
| #define REQ_VARY        (1 << 1)        /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */
 | |
| /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */
 | |
| #define REQ_UNSET       (-2)
 | |
| #define REQ_NONE        (-1)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Repeated character flags. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define UTF_LENGTH     0x10000000l      /* The char contains its length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
 | |
| are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
 | |
| on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
 | |
| is invalid. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
 | |
| in UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const short int escapes[] = {
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
 | |
|      CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
 | |
|      CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
 | |
|      CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
 | |
|      -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
 | |
|      -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_G,
 | |
|      -ESC_H,                  0,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_K,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_N,                  0,
 | |
|      -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
 | |
|      -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
 | |
|      -ESC_X,                  0,
 | |
|      -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | |
|      CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | |
|      CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
 | |
|      CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       7,
 | |
|      -ESC_b,                  0,
 | |
|      -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
 | |
|      ESC_f,                   0,
 | |
|      -ESC_h,                  0,
 | |
|      0,                       -ESC_k,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      ESC_n,                   0,
 | |
|      -ESC_p,                  0,
 | |
|      ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
 | |
|      ESC_tee,                 0,
 | |
|      -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
 | |
|      0,                       0,
 | |
|      -ESC_z
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const short int escapes[] = {
 | |
| /*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
 | |
| /*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
 | |
| /*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
 | |
| /*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
 | |
| /*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
 | |
| /*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
 | |
| /*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
 | |
| /*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
 | |
| /*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
 | |
| /*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,-ESC_N,      0, -ESC_P,
 | |
| /*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
 | |
| /*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | |
| /*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
 | |
| };
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
 | |
| searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
 | |
| the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
 | |
| string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
 | |
| platforms. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| typedef struct verbitem {
 | |
|   int   len;                 /* Length of verb name */
 | |
|   int   op;                  /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */
 | |
|   int   op_arg;              /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */
 | |
| } verbitem;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char verbnames[] =
 | |
|   "\0"                       /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
 | |
|   STRING_MARK0
 | |
|   STRING_ACCEPT0
 | |
|   STRING_COMMIT0
 | |
|   STRING_F0
 | |
|   STRING_FAIL0
 | |
|   STRING_PRUNE0
 | |
|   STRING_SKIP0
 | |
|   STRING_THEN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const verbitem verbs[] = {
 | |
|   { 0, -1,        OP_MARK },
 | |
|   { 4, -1,        OP_MARK },
 | |
|   { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 },
 | |
|   { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 },
 | |
|   { 1, OP_FAIL,   -1 },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_FAIL,   -1 },
 | |
|   { 5, OP_PRUNE,  OP_PRUNE_ARG },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_SKIP,   OP_SKIP_ARG  },
 | |
|   { 4, OP_THEN,   OP_THEN_ARG  }
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
 | |
| now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
 | |
| library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
 | |
| length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
 | |
| for handling case independence. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char posix_names[] =
 | |
|   STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
 | |
|   STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
 | |
|   STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
 | |
|   STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = {
 | |
|   5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
 | |
| base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
 | |
| classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
 | |
| characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
 | |
| character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
 | |
| second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
 | |
| addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
 | |
| absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
 | |
| remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
 | |
|   cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
 | |
|   cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
 | |
|   cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
 | |
|   cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
 | |
|   cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
 | |
|   cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
 | |
|   cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
 | |
|   cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
 | |
|   cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
 | |
|   cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
 | |
|   cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
 | |
|   cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
 | |
|   cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
 | |
|   cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class
 | |
| substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are
 | |
| both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[]  = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[]  = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = {
 | |
|   string_PNd,           /* \D */
 | |
|   string_pNd,           /* \d */
 | |
|   string_PXsp,          /* \S */       /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */
 | |
|   string_pXsp,          /* \s */
 | |
|   string_PXwd,          /* \W */
 | |
|   string_pXwd           /* \w */
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] =   {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] =  {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] =  {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_h[] =    {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] =   {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] =  {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] =  {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_H[] =    {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' };
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = {
 | |
|   CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET,
 | |
|   CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = {
 | |
|   string_pL,            /* alpha */
 | |
|   string_pLl,           /* lower */
 | |
|   string_pLu,           /* upper */
 | |
|   string_pXan,          /* alnum */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ascii */
 | |
|   string_h,             /* blank */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* cntrl */
 | |
|   string_pNd,           /* digit */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* graph */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* print */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* punct */
 | |
|   string_pXps,          /* space */    /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
 | |
|   string_pXwd,          /* word */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* xdigit */
 | |
|   /* Negated cases */
 | |
|   string_PL,            /* ^alpha */
 | |
|   string_PLl,           /* ^lower */
 | |
|   string_PLu,           /* ^upper */
 | |
|   string_PXan,          /* ^alnum */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ^ascii */
 | |
|   string_H,             /* ^blank */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ^cntrl */
 | |
|   string_PNd,           /* ^digit */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ^graph */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ^print */
 | |
|   NULL,                 /* ^punct */
 | |
|   string_PXps,          /* ^space */   /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */
 | |
|   string_PXwd,          /* ^word */
 | |
|   NULL                  /* ^xdigit */
 | |
| };
 | |
| #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define STRING(a)  # a
 | |
| #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
 | |
| are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
 | |
| they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
 | |
| are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
 | |
| the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
 | |
| it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
 | |
| lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
 | |
| simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
 | |
| because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final
 | |
| substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when
 | |
| counting through. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char error_texts[] =
 | |
|   "no error\0"
 | |
|   "\\ at end of pattern\0"
 | |
|   "\\c at end of pattern\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
 | |
|   "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
 | |
|   /* 5 */
 | |
|   "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
 | |
|   "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
 | |
|   "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
 | |
|   "range out of order in character class\0"
 | |
|   "nothing to repeat\0"
 | |
|   /* 10 */
 | |
|   "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
 | |
|   "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
 | |
|   "missing )\0"
 | |
|   /* 15 */
 | |
|   "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
 | |
|   "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
 | |
|   "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
 | |
|   "missing ) after comment\0"
 | |
|   "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   /* 20 */
 | |
|   "regular expression is too large\0"
 | |
|   "failed to get memory\0"
 | |
|   "unmatched parentheses\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: code overflow\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
 | |
|   /* 25 */
 | |
|   "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
 | |
|   "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
 | |
|   "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
 | |
|   "assertion expected after (?(\0"
 | |
|   "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
 | |
|   /* 30 */
 | |
|   "unknown POSIX class name\0"
 | |
|   "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
 | |
|   "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0"
 | |
|   "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
 | |
|   /* 35 */
 | |
|   "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
 | |
|   "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
 | |
|   "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0"
 | |
|   "number after (?C is > 255\0"
 | |
|   "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
 | |
|   /* 40 */
 | |
|   "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
 | |
|   "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
 | |
|   "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
 | |
|   "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
 | |
|   "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
 | |
|   /* 45 */
 | |
|   "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
 | |
|   "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
 | |
|   "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
 | |
|   "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
 | |
|   "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
 | |
|   /* 50 */
 | |
|   "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
 | |
|   "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
 | |
|   "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
 | |
|   /* 55 */
 | |
|   "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | |
|   "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
 | |
|   "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
 | |
|   "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
 | |
|   "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0"
 | |
|   /* 60 */
 | |
|   "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
 | |
|   "number is too big\0"
 | |
|   "subpattern name expected\0"
 | |
|   "digit expected after (?+\0"
 | |
|   "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0"
 | |
|   /* 65 */
 | |
|   "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0"
 | |
|   "(*MARK) must have an argument\0"
 | |
|   "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0"
 | |
|   "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0"
 | |
|   "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0"
 | |
|   /* 70 */
 | |
|   "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0"
 | |
|   "\\N is not supported in a class\0"
 | |
|   "too many forward references\0"
 | |
|   "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0"
 | |
|   "invalid UTF-16 string\0"
 | |
|   /* 75 */
 | |
|   "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0"
 | |
|   "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0"
 | |
|   "invalid UTF-32 string\0"
 | |
|   ;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
 | |
| patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
 | |
| may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
 | |
| to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
 | |
| a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
 | |
| character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
 | |
| applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
 | |
| efficiently.
 | |
| 
 | |
| For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
 | |
| 
 | |
|   0x04   decimal digit
 | |
|   0x08   hexadecimal digit
 | |
| 
 | |
| Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read
 | |
| is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it
 | |
| into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9)
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
 | |
| UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] =
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
 | |
|   0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
 | |
|   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
 | |
|   0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
 | |
|   0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
 | |
|   0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | |
|   0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
 | |
|   0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
 | |
|   0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
 | |
|   0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | |
|   0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Find an error text                  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
 | |
| some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
 | |
| Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
 | |
| because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Argument:   the error number
 | |
| Returns:    pointer to the error string
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const char *
 | |
| find_error_text(int n)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const char *s = error_texts;
 | |
| for (; n > 0; n--)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {};
 | |
|   if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)";
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return s;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Expand the workspace                 *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of
 | |
| forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on
 | |
| the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit
 | |
| has been reached or the increase will be rather small.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Argument: pointer to the compile data block
 | |
| Returns:  0 if all went well, else an error number
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| expand_workspace(compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar *newspace;
 | |
| int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX;
 | |
| if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX ||
 | |
|     newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
 | |
|  return ERR72;
 | |
| 
 | |
| newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize));
 | |
| if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21;
 | |
| memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
 | |
| cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace);
 | |
| if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
 | |
|   (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
 | |
| cd->start_workspace = newspace;
 | |
| cd->workspace_size = newsize;
 | |
| return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Check for counted repeat            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
 | |
| start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
 | |
| It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
 | |
| where the ddds are digits.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   p         pointer to the first char after '{'
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p)
 | |
| {
 | |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
 | |
| p++;
 | |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE;
 | |
| p++;
 | |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
 | |
| 
 | |
| return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *            Handle escapes                      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
 | |
| positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character
 | |
| which will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as
 | |
| negative n. When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may
 | |
| be returned in chptr.
 | |
| On entry,ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the
 | |
| escape sequence.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | |
|   chptr          points to the data character
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
 | |
|   bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
 | |
|   options        the options bits
 | |
|   isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         zero => a data character
 | |
|                  positive => a special escape sequence
 | |
|                  negative => a back reference
 | |
|                  on error, errorcodeptr is set
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass)
 | |
| {
 | |
| /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
 | |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 c;
 | |
| int escape = 0;
 | |
| int i;
 | |
| 
 | |
| GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
 | |
| ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
 | |
| in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
 | |
| Otherwise further processing may be required. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
| /* Not alphanumeric */
 | |
| else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}
 | |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
| /* Not alphanumeric */
 | |
| else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {}
 | |
| else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
 | |
|   BOOL braced, negated, overflow;
 | |
|   int s;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
 | |
|     error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_l:
 | |
|     case CHAR_L:
 | |
|     *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_u:
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers.
 | |
|       Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */
 | |
|       if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
 | |
|         && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
 | |
|         && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
 | |
|         && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = 0;
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|           if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|           if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff))
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff))
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|         if (utf && c > 0x10ffff)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR76;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_U:
 | |
|     /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character
 | |
|     class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
 | |
|     backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
 | |
|     5.10 feature.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
 | |
|     is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
 | |
|     this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
 | |
|     was \k.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
 | |
|     number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
 | |
|     (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
 | |
|     the ESC_g code (cf \k). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_g:
 | |
|     if (isclass) break;
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       escape = ESC_g;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *p;
 | |
|       for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
 | |
|         if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break;
 | |
|       if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         escape = ESC_k;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       braced = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else braced = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       negated = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else negated = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
 | |
|     s = 0;
 | |
|     overflow = FALSE;
 | |
|     while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         overflow = TRUE;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (s == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (negated)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (s > bracount)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       s = bracount - (s - 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     escape = -s;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
 | |
|     starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
 | |
|     the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
 | |
|     number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
 | |
|     left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
 | |
|     digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
 | |
|     123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
 | |
|     value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
 | |
|     character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
 | |
|     case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!isclass)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       oldptr = ptr;
 | |
|       /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */
 | |
|       s = (int)(c -CHAR_0);
 | |
|       overflow = FALSE;
 | |
|       while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           overflow = TRUE;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (s < 10 || s <= bracount)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         escape = -s;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
 | |
|     generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
 | |
|     Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       ptr--;
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
 | |
|     larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
 | |
|     significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
 | |
|     to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode,
 | |
|     but no more than 3 octal digits. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_0:
 | |
|     c -= CHAR_0;
 | |
|     while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
 | |
|         c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
 | |
|     than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits.
 | |
|     If not, { is treated as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_x:
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers.
 | |
|       Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */
 | |
|       if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0
 | |
|         && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = 0;
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr);
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|           if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|           if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|           c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *pt = ptr + 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       overflow = FALSE;
 | |
|       while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         register pcre_uint32 cc = *pt++;
 | |
|         if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|         if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|         if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|         if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|         c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xff)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|         if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffff : 0xffff)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|         if (utf && c > 0x10ffff) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (overflow)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) pt++;
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
 | |
|         ptr = pt;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
 | |
|       recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = 0;
 | |
|     while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uint32 cc;                          /* Some compilers don't like */
 | |
|       cc = *(++ptr);                           /* ++ in initializers */
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|       if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|       if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | |
|       c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
 | |
|     An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This
 | |
|     coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
 | |
|     ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_c:
 | |
|     c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #ifndef EBCDIC    /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | |
|     if (c > 127)  /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
 | |
|     c ^= 0x40;
 | |
| #else             /* EBCDIC coding */
 | |
|     if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
 | |
|     c ^= 0xC0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
 | |
|     other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
 | |
|     otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
 | |
|     odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
 | |
|     be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
 | |
| newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support
 | |
| quantification such as \N{2,3}. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
 | |
|      !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))
 | |
|   *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w)
 | |
|   escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| *chptr = c;
 | |
| return escape;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *               Handle \P and \p                 *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
 | |
| PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
 | |
| pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
 | |
| escape sequence.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Argument:
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | |
|   negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
 | |
|   ptypeptr       points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value
 | |
|   pdataptr       points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr,
 | |
|   unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar c;
 | |
| int i, bot, top;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| pcre_uchar name[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
| c = *(++ptr);
 | |
| if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| *negptr = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
 | |
| negation. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *negptr = TRUE;
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
 | |
|     name[i] = c;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   name[i] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Otherwise there is just one following character */
 | |
| 
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   name[0] = c;
 | |
|   name[1] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
 | |
| 
 | |
| bot = 0;
 | |
| top = PRIV(utt_size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (bot < top)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int r;
 | |
|   i = (bot + top) >> 1;
 | |
|   r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset);
 | |
|   if (r == 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type;
 | |
|     *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value;
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR47;
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| ERROR_RETURN:
 | |
| *errorcodeptr = ERR46;
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Read repeat counts                     *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
 | |
| after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
 | |
| so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   p              pointer to first char after '{'
 | |
|   minp           pointer to int for min
 | |
|   maxp           pointer to int for max
 | |
|                  returned as -1 if no max
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
 | |
|                  current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar *
 | |
| read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int min = 0;
 | |
| int max = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
 | |
| an integer overflow. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
 | |
| if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | |
|   return p;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
 | |
| Also, max must not be less than min. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     max = 0;
 | |
|     while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0);
 | |
|     if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | |
|       return p;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (max < min)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
 | |
|       return p;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
 | |
| '}'. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *minp = min;
 | |
| *maxp = max;
 | |
| return p;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *  Subroutine for finding forward reference      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
 | |
| top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
 | |
| start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | |
| subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | |
| name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | |
| returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. Recursion is used to keep
 | |
| track of subpatterns that reset the capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
 | |
| 
 | |
| This function was originally called only from the second pass, in which we know
 | |
| that if (?< or (?' or (?P< is encountered, the name will be correctly
 | |
| terminated because that is checked in the first pass. There is now one call to
 | |
| this function in the first pass, to check for a recursive back reference by
 | |
| name (so that we can make the whole group atomic). In this case, we need check
 | |
| only up to the current position in the pattern, and that is still OK because
 | |
| and previous occurrences will have been checked. To make this work, the test
 | |
| for "end of pattern" is a check against cd->end_pattern in the main loop,
 | |
| instead of looking for a binary zero. This means that the special first-pass
 | |
| call can adjust cd->end_pattern temporarily. (Checks for binary zero while
 | |
| processing items within the loop are OK, because afterwards the main loop will
 | |
| terminate.)
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptrptr       address of the current character pointer (updated)
 | |
|   cd           compile background data
 | |
|   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | |
|   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | |
|   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | |
|   utf          TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   count        pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_parens_sub(pcre_uchar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn,
 | |
|   BOOL xmode, BOOL utf, int *count)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| int start_count = *count;
 | |
| int hwm_count = start_count;
 | |
| BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
 | |
| dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) ptr += 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *count += 1;
 | |
|     if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group
 | |
|   where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 3;
 | |
|     dup_parens = TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     for (ptr += 3; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break;
 | |
|     goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
 | |
|   is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
 | |
|   condition (there can't be any nested parens). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 2;
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | |
|       if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Start with (? but not a condition. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr += 2;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
 | |
|         ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uchar term;
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *thisname;
 | |
|       *count += 1;
 | |
|       if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | |
|       term = *ptr++;
 | |
|       if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|       thisname = ptr;
 | |
|       while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
 | |
|       if (name != NULL && lorn == (int)(ptr - thisname) &&
 | |
|           STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, thisname, (unsigned int)lorn) == 0)
 | |
|         return *count;
 | |
|       term++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
 | |
| bars. Stop if we get to cd->end_pattern. Note that this is important for the
 | |
| first-pass call when this value is temporarily adjusted to stop at the current
 | |
| position. So DO NOT change this to a test for binary zero. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (; ptr < cd->end_pattern; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|       if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
 | |
|   are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
 | |
|   first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
 | |
|   too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
 | |
|   encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
 | |
|     for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr+= 2;
 | |
|         else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 2,
 | |
|                  STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | |
|           ptr += 4;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         negate_class = TRUE;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
 | |
|     skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) return -1;
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | |
|           if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|           if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip comments in /x mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|       if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Check for the special metacharacters */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, count);
 | |
|     if (rc > 0) return rc;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
 | |
|     goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
 | |
|     *count = start_count;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| FAIL_EXIT:
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | |
| subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | |
| name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | |
| returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
 | |
| references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
 | |
| current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
 | |
| do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
 | |
| subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
 | |
| take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
 | |
| of the different types of group.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   cd           compile background data
 | |
|   name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | |
|   lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | |
|   xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | |
|   utf          TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_parens(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode,
 | |
|   BOOL utf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar *ptr = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_pattern;
 | |
| int count = 0;
 | |
| int rc;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
 | |
| to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
 | |
| does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
 | |
| matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, &count);
 | |
|   if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == CHAR_NULL) break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return rc;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *      Find first significant op code            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
 | |
| for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
 | |
| that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative
 | |
| forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it
 | |
| does not.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code         pointer to the start of the group
 | |
|   skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar*
 | |
| first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   switch ((int)*code)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | |
|     if (!skipassert) return code;
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     if (!skipassert) return code;
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CALLOUT:
 | |
|     case OP_CREF:
 | |
|     case OP_NCREF:
 | |
|     case OP_RREF:
 | |
|     case OP_NRREF:
 | |
|     case OP_DEF:
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return code;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Find the fixed length of a branch       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
 | |
| if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
 | |
| In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is
 | |
| temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called.
 | |
| 
 | |
| This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it
 | |
| fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern.
 | |
| However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls,
 | |
| because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case
 | |
| and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
 | |
|   utf      TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   atend    TRUE if called when the pattern is complete
 | |
|   cd       the "compile data" structure
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:   the fixed length,
 | |
|              or -1 if there is no fixed length,
 | |
|              or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only)
 | |
|              or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE
 | |
|              or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error)
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int length = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| register int branchlength = 0;
 | |
| register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
 | |
| branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int d;
 | |
|   pcre_uchar *ce, *cs;
 | |
|   register pcre_uchar op = *cc;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (op)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and
 | |
|     OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these
 | |
|     opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course
 | |
|     are not of fixed length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CBRA:
 | |
|     case OP_BRA:
 | |
|     case OP_ONCE:
 | |
|     case OP_ONCE_NC:
 | |
|     case OP_COND:
 | |
|     d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd);
 | |
|     if (d < 0) return d;
 | |
|     branchlength += d;
 | |
|     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call.
 | |
|     If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively
 | |
|     an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by
 | |
|     the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here,
 | |
|     because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ALT:
 | |
|     case OP_KET:
 | |
|     case OP_END:
 | |
|     case OP_ACCEPT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT:
 | |
|     if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
 | |
|       else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
 | |
|     if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     branchlength = 0;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
 | |
|     be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with
 | |
|     it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_RECURSE:
 | |
|     if (!atend) return -3;
 | |
|     cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1);  /* Start subpattern */
 | |
|     do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT);           /* End subpattern */
 | |
|     if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1;                    /* Recursion */
 | |
|     d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd);
 | |
|     if (d < 0) return d;
 | |
|     branchlength += d;
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | |
|     case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | |
|     do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_MARK:
 | |
|     case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | |
|     case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | |
|     case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | |
|     cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CALLOUT:
 | |
|     case OP_CIRC:
 | |
|     case OP_CIRCM:
 | |
|     case OP_CLOSE:
 | |
|     case OP_COMMIT:
 | |
|     case OP_CREF:
 | |
|     case OP_DEF:
 | |
|     case OP_DOLL:
 | |
|     case OP_DOLLM:
 | |
|     case OP_EOD:
 | |
|     case OP_EODN:
 | |
|     case OP_FAIL:
 | |
|     case OP_NCREF:
 | |
|     case OP_NRREF:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     case OP_PRUNE:
 | |
|     case OP_REVERSE:
 | |
|     case OP_RREF:
 | |
|     case OP_SET_SOM:
 | |
|     case OP_SKIP:
 | |
|     case OP_SOD:
 | |
|     case OP_SOM:
 | |
|     case OP_THEN:
 | |
|     case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | |
|     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle literal characters */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTI:
 | |
|     branchlength++;
 | |
|     cc += 2;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
 | |
|     need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_EXACTI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTEXACTI:
 | |
|     branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|     cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|     branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|     if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|       cc += 2;
 | |
|     cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle single-char matchers */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_PROP:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPROP:
 | |
|     cc += 2;
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_HSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_VSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_ANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ALLANY:
 | |
|     branchlength++;
 | |
|     cc++;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode;
 | |
|     otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | |
|     return -2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Check a class for variable quantification */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CLASS:
 | |
|     case OP_NCLASS:
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|     case OP_XCLASS:
 | |
|     /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems,
 | |
|     so now we use a conditional statement. */
 | |
|     if (op == OP_XCLASS)
 | |
|       cc += GET(cc, 1);
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch (*cc)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CRPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_CRSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | |
|       return -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_CRRANGE:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | |
|       if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1;
 | |
|       branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1);
 | |
|       cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       branchlength++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Anything else is variable length */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ANYNL:
 | |
|     case OP_BRAMINZERO:
 | |
|     case OP_BRAPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_BRAPOSZERO:
 | |
|     case OP_BRAZERO:
 | |
|     case OP_CBRAPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_EXTUNI:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMAX:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMIN:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_MINQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_MINSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_MINUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_PLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_POSQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_POSSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_POSUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_QUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_REF:
 | |
|     case OP_REFI:
 | |
|     case OP_SBRA:
 | |
|     case OP_SBRAPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_SCBRA:
 | |
|     case OP_SCBRAPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_SCOND:
 | |
|     case OP_SKIPZERO:
 | |
|     case OP_STAR:
 | |
|     case OP_STARI:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_UPTOI:
 | |
|     return -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they
 | |
|     are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return -4;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never gets here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled regex for specific bracket    *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
 | |
| capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an
 | |
| instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense
 | |
| so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching
 | |
| length.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of expression
 | |
|   utf         TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   number      the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *
 | |
| PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   register pcre_uchar c = *code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | |
|   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | |
|   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle recursion */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (c == OP_REVERSE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle capturing bracket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA ||
 | |
|            c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|     if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code;
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | |
|   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | |
|   two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
 | |
|   must add in its length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|       if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|         code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_MARK:
 | |
|       case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | |
|       case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | |
|       code += code[1];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | |
|       code += code[1];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
 | |
|   a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
 | |
|   arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|     if (utf) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACTI:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_STAR:
 | |
|       case OP_STARI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERYI:
 | |
|       if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     (void)(utf);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
 | |
| instance of OP_RECURSE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of expression
 | |
|   utf         TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static const pcre_uchar *
 | |
| find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf)
 | |
| {
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   register pcre_uchar c = *code;
 | |
|   if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | |
|   if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | |
|   map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | |
|   the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | |
|   repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | |
|   two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we
 | |
|   must add in its length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|       if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|       if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|         code += 2;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_MARK:
 | |
|       case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | |
|       case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | |
|       code += code[1];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | |
|       code += code[1];
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
 | |
|     by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
 | |
|     to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|     if (utf) switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOT:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTI:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_EXACTI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTEXACTI:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_UPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_MINUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_POSUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
 | |
|       case OP_STAR:
 | |
|       case OP_STARI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_MINSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_POSSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_PLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_QUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTQUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_MINQUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_POSQUERYI:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
 | |
|       if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     (void)(utf);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
 | |
| can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
 | |
| below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
 | |
| group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
 | |
| backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
 | |
| hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
 | |
| bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of search
 | |
|   endcode     points to where to stop
 | |
|   utf         TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   cd          contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
 | |
|   BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| register pcre_uchar c;
 | |
| for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE);
 | |
|      code < endcode;
 | |
|      code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   const pcre_uchar *ccode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   c = *code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
 | |
|   first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_ASSERT)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which
 | |
|   implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a
 | |
|   forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference
 | |
|   we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is
 | |
|   called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that
 | |
|   measures the size of the compiled pattern. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_RECURSE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     const pcre_uchar *scode;
 | |
|     BOOL empty_branch;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Test for forward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     for (scode = cd->start_workspace; scode < cd->hwm; scode += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|       if ((int)GET(scode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Not a forward reference, test for completed backward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     empty_branch = FALSE;
 | |
|     scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1);
 | |
|     if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Unclosed */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Completed backwards reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     do
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         empty_branch = TRUE;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       scode += GET(scode, 1);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;  /* All branches are non-empty */
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO ||
 | |
|       c == OP_BRAPOSZERO)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be
 | |
|   skipped. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_SBRA  || c == OP_SBRAPOS ||
 | |
|       c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == OP_BRA  || c == OP_BRAPOS ||
 | |
|       c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS ||
 | |
|       c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC ||
 | |
|       c == OP_COND)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     BOOL empty_branch;
 | |
|     if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
 | |
|     empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
 | |
|     Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
 | |
|       code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       empty_branch = FALSE;
 | |
|       do
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd))
 | |
|           empty_branch = TRUE;
 | |
|         code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
|       if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     c = *code;
 | |
|     continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Handle the other opcodes */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch (c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
 | |
|     cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
 | |
|     high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the
 | |
|     actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
 | |
|     here. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     case OP_XCLASS:
 | |
|     ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|     goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CLASS:
 | |
|     case OP_NCLASS:
 | |
|     ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS];
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch (*ccode)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | |
|       case OP_CRQUERY:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | |
|       break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
 | |
|       case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINPLUS:
 | |
|       return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       case OP_CRRANGE:
 | |
|       case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | |
|       if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Opcodes that must match a character */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_PROP:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPROP:
 | |
|     case OP_EXTUNI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_ANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ALLANY:
 | |
|     case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | |
|     case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|     case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTI:
 | |
|     case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
 | |
|     fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | |
|     if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Same for these */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | |
|     if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|       code += 2;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* End of branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_KET:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMAX:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRMIN:
 | |
|     case OP_KETRPOS:
 | |
|     case OP_ALT:
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
 | |
|     MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|     case OP_STAR:
 | |
|     case OP_STARI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_MINSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSSTAR:
 | |
|     case OP_POSSTARI:
 | |
|     case OP_QUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_QUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_MINQUERYI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSQUERY:
 | |
|     case OP_POSQUERYI:
 | |
|     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]);
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_UPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_UPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_MINUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_MINUPTOI:
 | |
|     case OP_POSUPTO:
 | |
|     case OP_POSUPTOI:
 | |
|     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]);
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument
 | |
|     string. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_MARK:
 | |
|     case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | |
|     case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | |
|     code += code[1];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | |
|     code += code[1];
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
 | |
| the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
 | |
| string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
 | |
| stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
 | |
| This function is called only during the real compile, not during the
 | |
| pre-compile.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code        points to start of the recursion
 | |
|   endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
 | |
|   bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
 | |
|   utf         TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   cd          pointers to tables etc
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode,
 | |
|   branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd))
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|   bcptr = bcptr->outer;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
 | |
| encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
 | |
| sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
 | |
| reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
 | |
| terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
 | |
| though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
 | |
| "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
 | |
| didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
 | |
| 
 | |
| The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
 | |
| have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
 | |
| class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
 | |
| below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
 | |
| processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
 | |
| where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
 | |
| "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
 | |
| I think.
 | |
| 
 | |
| A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not.
 | |
| It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent
 | |
| external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or
 | |
| a digit.
 | |
| 
 | |
| In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For
 | |
| example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for
 | |
| [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not
 | |
| seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class
 | |
| names.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptr      pointer to the initial [
 | |
|   endptr   where to return the end pointer
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
 | |
| terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
 | |
| for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|   else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *endptr = ptr;
 | |
|       return TRUE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|          (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | |
|           ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | |
|         check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr))
 | |
|       return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *          Check POSIX class name                *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
 | |
| such as [:alnum:].
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   ptr        points to the first letter
 | |
|   len        the length of the name
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const char *pn = posix_names;
 | |
| register int yield = 0;
 | |
| while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
 | |
|     STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield;
 | |
|   pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
 | |
|   yield++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return -1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
 | |
| that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
 | |
| repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
 | |
| earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
 | |
| optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
 | |
| inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
 | |
| items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
 | |
| have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
 | |
| is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
 | |
| OP_END.
 | |
| 
 | |
| This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
 | |
| recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
 | |
| for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
 | |
| the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
 | |
| value in the reference (which is a group number).
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   group      points to the start of the group
 | |
|   adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
 | |
|   utf        TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     nothing
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd,
 | |
|   pcre_uchar *save_hwm)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uchar *ptr = group;
 | |
| 
 | |
| while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int offset;
 | |
|   pcre_uchar *hc;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
 | |
|   reference. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     offset = (int)GET(hc, 0);
 | |
|     if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
 | |
|   group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (hc >= cd->hwm)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1);
 | |
|     if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Insert an automatic callout point       *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
 | |
| callout points before each pattern item.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           current code pointer
 | |
|   ptr            current pattern pointer
 | |
|   cd             pointers to tables etc
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         new code pointer
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static pcre_uchar *
 | |
| auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | |
| *code++ = 255;
 | |
| PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern));  /* Pattern offset */
 | |
| PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                       /* Default length */
 | |
| return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Complete a callout item                *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
 | |
| we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
 | |
| for both automatic and manual callouts.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   previous_callout   points to previous callout item
 | |
|   ptr                current pattern pointer
 | |
|   cd                 pointers to tables etc
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:             nothing
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2));
 | |
| PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Get othercase range                  *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
 | |
| with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of
 | |
| characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
 | |
| start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own
 | |
| with a special return value.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   cptr        points to starting character value; updated
 | |
|   d           end value
 | |
|   ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
 | |
|   odptr       where to put end of othercase range
 | |
| 
 | |
| Yield:        -1 when no more
 | |
|                0 when a range is returned
 | |
|               >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases
 | |
|                 in this case, ocptr contains the original
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr,
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 *odptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next;
 | |
| unsigned int co;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other
 | |
| cases, return its case offset value. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *ocptr = c++;   /* Character that has the set */
 | |
|     *cptr = c;      /* Rest of input range */
 | |
|     return (int)co;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (c > d) return -1;  /* Reached end of range */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *ocptr = othercase;
 | |
| next = othercase + 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (++c; c <= d; c++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
 | |
|   next++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *odptr = next - 1;     /* End of othercase range */
 | |
| *cptr = c;             /* Rest of input range */
 | |
| return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Check a character and a property        *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item
 | |
| is adjacent to a fixed character.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   c            the character
 | |
|   ptype        the property type
 | |
|   pdata        the data for the type
 | |
|   negated      TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^)
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:       TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, BOOL negated)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| const pcre_uint32 *p;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c);
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch(ptype)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case PT_LAMP:
 | |
|   return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu ||
 | |
|           prop->chartype == ucp_Ll ||
 | |
|           prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_GC:
 | |
|   return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_PC:
 | |
|   return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_SC:
 | |
|   return (pdata == prop->script) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* These are specials */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_ALNUM:
 | |
|   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
 | |
|           PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_SPACE:    /* Perl space */
 | |
|   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
 | |
|           c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
 | |
|           == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_PXSPACE:  /* POSIX space */
 | |
|   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z ||
 | |
|           c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT ||
 | |
|           c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR)
 | |
|           == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case PT_WORD:
 | |
|   return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L ||
 | |
|           PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N ||
 | |
|           c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|   case PT_CLIST:
 | |
|   p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset;
 | |
|   for (;;)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (c < *p) return !negated;
 | |
|     if (c == *p++) return negated;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   break;  /* Control never reaches here */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
 | |
| whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
 | |
| sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   previous      pointer to the repeated opcode
 | |
|   utf           TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode
 | |
|   ptr           next character in pattern
 | |
|   options       options bits
 | |
|   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| check_auto_possessive(const pcre_uchar *previous, BOOL utf,
 | |
|   const pcre_uchar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uint32 c = NOTACHAR;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 next;
 | |
| int escape;
 | |
| pcre_uchar op_code = *previous++;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   for (;;)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
 | |
| value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int temperrorcode = 0;
 | |
|   escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | |
|   if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
 | |
|   ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   escape = 0;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|   if (utf) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   next = *ptr++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   for (;;)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|     if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | |
|   STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the previous item is a character, get its value. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (op_code == OP_CHAR || op_code == OP_CHARI ||
 | |
|     op_code == OP_NOT || op_code == OP_NOTI)
 | |
|   {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|   GETCHARTEST(c, previous);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   c = *previous;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when
 | |
| the next item is a character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (escape == 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* For a caseless UTF match, the next character may have more than one other
 | |
|   case, which maps to the special PT_CLIST property. Check this first. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|   if (utf && c != NOTACHAR && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     unsigned int ocs = UCD_CASESET(next);
 | |
|     if (ocs > 0) return check_char_prop(c, PT_CLIST, ocs, op_code >= OP_NOT);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch(op_code)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|     return c != next;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For CHARI (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
 | |
|     Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
 | |
|     high-valued characters. We know that next can have only one other case,
 | |
|     because multi-other-case characters are dealt with above. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|     if (c == next) return FALSE;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (utf)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uint32 othercase;
 | |
|       if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|       othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       return c != othercase;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
 | |
|     return (c != TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next));  /* Not UTF */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOT:
 | |
|     return c == next;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOTI:
 | |
|     if (c == next) return TRUE;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (utf)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uint32 othercase;
 | |
|       if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|       othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       return c == othercase;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
 | |
|     return (c == TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next));  /* Not UTF */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set.
 | |
|     When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|     return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_HSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | |
|     switch(next)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       HSPACE_CASES:
 | |
|       return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_ANYNL:
 | |
|     case OP_VSPACE:
 | |
|     case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | |
|     switch(next)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       VSPACE_CASES:
 | |
|       return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|     case OP_PROP:
 | |
|     return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case OP_NOTPROP:
 | |
|     return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP
 | |
| is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are
 | |
| generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII
 | |
| characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are
 | |
| replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch(op_code)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|   case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|   switch(escape)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     case ESC_d:
 | |
|     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_D:
 | |
|     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_s:
 | |
|     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_S:
 | |
|     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_w:
 | |
|     return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_W:
 | |
|     return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_h:
 | |
|     case ESC_H:
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       HSPACE_CASES:
 | |
|       return escape != ESC_h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return escape == ESC_h;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_v:
 | |
|     case ESC_V:
 | |
|     switch(c)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       VSPACE_CASES:
 | |
|       return escape != ESC_v;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|       return escape == ESC_v;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find
 | |
|     their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either
 | |
|     ESC_p or ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|     case ESC_du:
 | |
|     case ESC_DU:
 | |
|     case ESC_wu:
 | |
|     case ESC_WU:
 | |
|     case ESC_su:
 | |
|     case ESC_SU:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int temperrorcode = 0;
 | |
|       ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU];
 | |
|       escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE);
 | |
|       if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
 | |
|       ptr++;    /* For compatibility */
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case ESC_p:
 | |
|     case ESC_P:
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
 | |
|       int errorcodeptr;
 | |
|       BOOL negated;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       ptr--;      /* Make ptr point at the p or P */
 | |
|       if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, &errorcodeptr))
 | |
|         return FALSE;
 | |
|       ptr++;      /* Point past the final curly ket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated
 | |
|       from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier,
 | |
|       to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | |
|         STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
 | |
|           return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Do the property check. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (escape == ESC_P) != negated);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as
 | |
|   well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property
 | |
|   values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns
 | |
|   combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set,
 | |
|   these op-codes are never generated.) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_D || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_W ||
 | |
|          escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_d;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_HSPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_H || escape == ESC_d ||
 | |
|          escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_h;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
 | |
|   case OP_ANYNL:
 | |
|   case OP_VSPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_V || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_W || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h ||
 | |
|          escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | |
|   return escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_d;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   default:
 | |
|   return FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Control does not reach here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Add a character or range to a class     *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of
 | |
| characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the
 | |
| valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is
 | |
| mutually recursive with the function immediately below.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | |
|   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | |
|   options       the options word
 | |
|   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   start         start of range character
 | |
|   end           end of range character
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | |
|                 the pointer to extra data is updated
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end)
 | |
| {
 | |
| pcre_uint32 c;
 | |
| int n8 = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate
 | |
| cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that
 | |
| are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original
 | |
| range. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int rc;
 | |
|     pcre_uint32 oc, od;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS;   /* Remove for recursive calls */
 | |
|     c = start;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd,
 | |
|         PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we
 | |
|       can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic
 | |
|       range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */
 | |
|       else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od;       /* Extend upwards */
 | |
|       else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (c = start; c <= end && c < 256; c++)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]);
 | |
|     n8++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit
 | |
| length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used
 | |
| in all cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If all characters are less than 256, use the bit map. Otherwise use extra
 | |
| data. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (end < 0x100)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   for (c = start; c <= end; c++)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     n8++;
 | |
|     SETBIT(classbits, c);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)  /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (start < end)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
 | |
|       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else if (start == end)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|       uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length,
 | |
|   and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     {}
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   if (start < end)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | |
|     *uchardata++ = start;
 | |
|     *uchardata++ = end;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else if (start == end)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | |
|     *uchardata++ = start;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *uchardptr = uchardata;   /* Updata extra data pointer */
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| return n8;    /* Number of 8-bit characters */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Add a list of characters to a class     *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a
 | |
| class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the
 | |
| list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and
 | |
| handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function
 | |
| above.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | |
|   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | |
|   options       the options word
 | |
|   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
 | |
|   except        character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
 | |
|                   case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
 | |
|                   already know about
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | |
|                 the pointer to extra data is updated
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int n8 = 0;
 | |
| while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int n = 0;
 | |
|   if (p[0] != except)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
 | |
|     n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   p += n + 1;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return n8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *    Add characters not in a list to a class     *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or
 | |
| vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | |
|   uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | |
|   options       the options word
 | |
|   cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | |
|                 the pointer to extra data is updated
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static int
 | |
| add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr,
 | |
|   int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p)
 | |
| {
 | |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| int n8 = 0;
 | |
| if (p[0] > 0)
 | |
|   n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1);
 | |
| while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++;
 | |
|   n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1,
 | |
|     (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1);
 | |
|   p++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| return n8;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *           Compile one branch                   *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
 | |
| changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
 | |
| bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
 | |
| to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
 | |
| phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
 | |
|   codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
 | |
|   ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | |
|   firstcharptr    place to put the first required character
 | |
|   firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
 | |
|   reqcharptr     place to put the last required character
 | |
|   reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
 | |
|   bcptr          points to current branch chain
 | |
|   cond_depth     conditional nesting depth
 | |
|   cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
 | |
|   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | |
|                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE on success
 | |
|                  FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr,
 | |
|   const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
 | |
|   branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| int repeat_type, op_type;
 | |
| int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
 | |
| int bravalue = 0;
 | |
| int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
 | |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar;
 | |
| pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags;
 | |
| pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
 | |
| int options = *optionsptr;               /* May change dynamically */
 | |
| int after_manual_callout = 0;
 | |
| int length_prevgroup = 0;
 | |
| register pcre_uint32 c;
 | |
| int escape;
 | |
| register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *last_code = code;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *orig_code = code;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *tempcode;
 | |
| BOOL inescq = FALSE;
 | |
| BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *tempptr;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *previous = NULL;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL;
 | |
| pcre_uint8 classbits[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we
 | |
| must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change
 | |
| dynamically as we process the pattern. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
| /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
 | |
| BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| pcre_uchar utf_chars[6];
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #else
 | |
| BOOL utf = FALSE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define
 | |
| class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always,
 | |
| though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply
 | |
| alternative calls for the different cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| pcre_uchar *class_uchardata;
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| BOOL xclass;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
| if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
 | |
| 
 | |
| greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | |
| greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
 | |
| matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
 | |
| matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never
 | |
| find one.
 | |
| 
 | |
| When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
 | |
| to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
 | |
| zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
 | |
| item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0;
 | |
| firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value
 | |
| or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The
 | |
| REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the
 | |
| firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the
 | |
| value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
| for (;; ptr++)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   BOOL negate_class;
 | |
|   BOOL should_flip_negation;
 | |
|   BOOL possessive_quantifier;
 | |
|   BOOL is_quantifier;
 | |
|   BOOL is_recurse;
 | |
|   BOOL reset_bracount;
 | |
|   int class_has_8bitchar;
 | |
|   int class_one_char;
 | |
|   int newoptions;
 | |
|   int recno;
 | |
|   int refsign;
 | |
|   int skipbytes;
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar;
 | |
|   pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags;
 | |
|   int terminator;
 | |
|   unsigned int mclength;
 | |
|   unsigned int tempbracount;
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 ec;
 | |
|   pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8];
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Get next character in the pattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   c = *ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level
 | |
|   string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     ptr = nestptr;
 | |
|     nestptr = NULL;
 | |
|     c = *ptr;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
 | |
|   previous cycle of this loop. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
|     if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
 | |
|         WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)                       /* Check for overrun */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
 | |
|     case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
 | |
|     the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
 | |
|     allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
 | |
|     */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);
 | |
|     DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr,
 | |
|       (int)(code - last_code), c, c));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
 | |
|     it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
 | |
|     if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (previous != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (previous > orig_code)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous));
 | |
|         code -= previous - orig_code;
 | |
|         previous = orig_code;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else code = orig_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
 | |
|     next time round. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     last_code = code;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
 | |
|   reference list. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
 | |
|            WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | |
|     goto FAILED;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       inescq = FALSE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (previous_callout != NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | |
|           complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | |
|         previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         previous_callout = code;
 | |
|         code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
 | |
|   a quantifier. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   is_quantifier =
 | |
|     c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | |
|     (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
 | |
|        after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | |
|       complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | |
|     previous_callout = NULL;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|         if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
 | |
|       c = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     previous_callout = code;
 | |
|     code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   switch(c)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
 | |
|     case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:       /* or | or ) */
 | |
|     case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|     *firstcharptr = firstchar;
 | |
|     *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
 | |
|     *reqcharptr = reqchar;
 | |
|     *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
 | |
|     *codeptr = code;
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code);   /* To include callout length */
 | |
|       DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
 | |
|     the setting of any following char as a first character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_CIRCM;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else *code++ = OP_CIRC;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
 | |
|     repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_DOT:
 | |
|     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
|     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
 | |
|     32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
 | |
|     where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
 | |
|     map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
 | |
|     so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
 | |
|     opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
 | |
|     but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
 | |
|     whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
 | |
|     default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | |
|     if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
 | |
|     they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | |
|          ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | |
|         check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
 | |
|     if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
 | |
|     skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     negate_class = FALSE;
 | |
|     for (;;)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       c = *(++ptr);
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|         else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | |
|           ptr += 3;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|         negate_class = TRUE;
 | |
|       else break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
 | |
|     an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
 | |
|     that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
 | |
|     [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|         (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
 | |
|     negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
 | |
|     correctly (they are all included in the class). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     should_flip_negation = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class:
 | |
|     class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one <
 | |
|     256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one
 | |
|     character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     class_has_8bitchar = 0;
 | |
|     class_one_char = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
 | |
|     temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two
 | |
|     8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit
 | |
|     map. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     xclass = FALSE;
 | |
|     class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;   /* For XCLASS items */
 | |
|     class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata;   /* Save the start */
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
 | |
|     means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
 | |
|     loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c != CHAR_NULL) do
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *oldptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|       if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
 | |
|         {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | |
|         GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|       /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra
 | |
|       data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
 | |
|       contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space
 | |
|       (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data,
 | |
|       however. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         xclass = TRUE;
 | |
|         *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base;
 | |
|         class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (inescq)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)  /* If we are at \E */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
 | |
|           ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
 | |
|           continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
 | |
|       form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
 | |
|       treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
 | |
|       [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
 | |
|       5.6 and 5.8 do. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | |
|           (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | |
|            ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
 | |
|         int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
 | |
|         register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | |
|         pcre_uint8 pbits[32];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           local_negate = TRUE;
 | |
|           should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
 | |
|         if (posix_class < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
 | |
|         alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
 | |
|         alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
 | |
|           posix_class = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
 | |
|         different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|         if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0);
 | |
|           if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             nestptr = tempptr + 1;
 | |
|             ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1;
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         /* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a
 | |
|         chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it,
 | |
|         and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already.
 | |
|         At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         posix_class *= 3;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
 | |
|           32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8));
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
 | |
|         tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (taboffset >= 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (tabopt >= 0)
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
 | |
|         value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
 | |
|         if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
 | |
|           else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
 | |
|         being built and we are done. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (local_negate)
 | |
|           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ptr = tempptr + 1;
 | |
|         /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
 | |
|         class_has_8bitchar = 1;
 | |
|         /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
 | |
|         class_one_char = 2;
 | |
|         continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
 | |
|       of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
 | |
|       case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We
 | |
|       assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so
 | |
|       speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger
 | |
|       than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated
 | |
|       as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if
 | |
|       PCRE_EXTRA is set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (escape == 0)
 | |
|           c = ec;
 | |
|         else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */
 | |
|         else if (escape == ESC_N)            /* \N is not supported in a class */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR71;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (escape == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|           continue;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (escape == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | |
|           /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */
 | |
|           class_has_8bitchar++;
 | |
|           /* Every class contains at least two characters. */
 | |
|           class_one_char += 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           switch (escape)
 | |
|             {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|             case ESC_du:     /* These are the values given for \d etc */
 | |
|             case ESC_DU:     /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */
 | |
|             case ESC_wu:     /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */
 | |
|             case ESC_WU:     /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */
 | |
|             case ESC_su:     /* of the default ASCII testing. */
 | |
|             case ESC_SU:
 | |
|             nestptr = ptr;
 | |
|             ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1;  /* Just before substitute */
 | |
|             class_has_8bitchar--;                /* Undo! */
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             case ESC_d:
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_D:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_w:
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_W:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s, but we must preserve it
 | |
|             if it was previously set by something earlier in the character
 | |
|             class. Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and
 | |
|             EBCDIC, so we lazily just adjust the appropriate bit. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_s:
 | |
|             classbits[0] |= cbits[cbit_space];
 | |
|             classbits[1] |= cbits[cbit_space+1] & ~0x08;
 | |
|             for (c = 2; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_S:
 | |
|             should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | |
|             classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_h:
 | |
|             (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
 | |
|               PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR);
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_H:
 | |
|             (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
 | |
|               cd, PRIV(hspace_list));
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_v:
 | |
|             (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd,
 | |
|               PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR);
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case ESC_V:
 | |
|             (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options,
 | |
|               cd, PRIV(vspace_list));
 | |
|             continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|             case ESC_p:
 | |
|             case ESC_P:
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               BOOL negated;
 | |
|               unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
 | |
|               if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
 | |
|                 goto FAILED;
 | |
|               *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)?
 | |
|                 XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
 | |
|               *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
 | |
|               *class_uchardata++ = pdata;
 | |
|               class_has_8bitchar--;                /* Undo! */
 | |
|               continue;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
 | |
|             strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
 | |
|             treated as literals. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             default:
 | |
|             if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             class_has_8bitchar--;    /* Undo the speculative increase. */
 | |
|             class_one_char -= 2;     /* Undo the speculative increase. */
 | |
|             c = *ptr;                /* Get the final character and fall through */
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0).
 | |
|         This may be greater than 256. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         escape = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         }   /* End of backslash handling */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does
 | |
|       not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is
 | |
|       treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The
 | |
|       code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       CHECK_RANGE:
 | |
|       while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         inescq = FALSE;
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       oldptr = ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Check for range */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         pcre_uint32 d;
 | |
|         ptr += 2;
 | |
|         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
 | |
|         mode. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|             { ptr += 2; continue; }
 | |
|           inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put
 | |
|         back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr = oldptr;
 | |
|           goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|         if (utf)
 | |
|           {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | |
|           GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
 | |
|         not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
 | |
|         in such circumstances. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int descape;
 | |
|           descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | |
|           if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (descape != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               ptr = oldptr;
 | |
|               goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
 | |
|         one-character ranges. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (d < c)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations
 | |
|         cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there
 | |
|         is more than one character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         class_one_char = 2;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         class_has_8bitchar +=
 | |
|           add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape
 | |
|       char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent
 | |
|       range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't
 | |
|       increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class
 | |
|       with a zillion characters in it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
 | |
|       if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the
 | |
|       class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by
 | |
|       escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by
 | |
|       turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or
 | |
|       OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar
 | |
|       to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first,
 | |
|       whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the
 | |
|       previous value for reinstating. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|         zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (negate_class)
 | |
|           {
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|           int d;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|           zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|           zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check
 | |
|           whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate
 | |
|           a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|           if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | |
|               (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_NOTPROP;
 | |
|             *code++ = PT_CLIST;
 | |
|             *code++ = d;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT;
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|             if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
 | |
|               code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code);
 | |
|             else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|               *code++ = c;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* We are finished with this character class */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           goto END_CLASS;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
 | |
|         then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|         if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
 | |
|           mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
 | |
|         else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | |
|           mclength = 1;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         goto ONE_CHAR;
 | |
|         }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item
 | |
|       has been generated. Add this character to the class. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       class_has_8bitchar +=
 | |
|         add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above.
 | |
|     If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer
 | |
|     string. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL ||
 | |
|            (nestptr != NULL &&
 | |
|              (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) &&
 | |
|            (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Check for missing terminating ']' */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (c == CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In
 | |
|     the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile
 | |
|     phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it
 | |
|     only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain
 | |
|     anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when
 | |
|     uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here
 | |
|     instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char
 | |
|     setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain
 | |
|     unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
 | |
|     extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
 | |
|     such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all
 | |
|     characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as
 | |
|     well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must
 | |
|     be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the
 | |
|     actual compiled code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0))
 | |
| #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|     if (xclass && !should_flip_negation)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
 | |
|       code += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|       *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
 | |
|       otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (class_has_8bitchar > 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
 | |
|         memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code,
 | |
|           IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code));
 | |
|         memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | |
|         code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar));
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else code = class_uchardata;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous));
 | |
|       break;   /* End of class handling */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
 | |
|     excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
 | |
|     whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
 | |
|     (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
 | |
|     negating it if necessary. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
 | |
|     if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (negate_class)
 | |
|         for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c];
 | |
|       memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     END_CLASS:
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
 | |
|     has been tested above. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
 | |
|     if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | |
|     ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
 | |
|     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_ASTERISK:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 0;
 | |
|     repeat_max = -1;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_PLUS:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 1;
 | |
|     repeat_max = -1;
 | |
|     goto REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
 | |
|     repeat_min = 0;
 | |
|     repeat_max = 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     REPEAT:
 | |
|     if (previous == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       firstchar = zerofirstchar;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
 | |
|       firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags;
 | |
|       reqchar = zeroreqchar;        /* Ditto */
 | |
|       reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
 | |
|     possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to
 | |
|     insert something before it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     tempcode = previous;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
 | |
|     implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
 | |
|     If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
 | |
|     but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
 | |
|     repeat type to the non-default. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
 | |
|       possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else repeat_type = greedy_default;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that
 | |
|     previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the
 | |
|     past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the
 | |
|     repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this,
 | |
|     but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*previous == OP_RECURSE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE));
 | |
|       *previous = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|       PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET;
 | |
|       PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|       length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward
 | |
|       reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|         if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code)
 | |
|           PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item
 | |
|     and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more
 | |
|     than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence
 | |
|     such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone
 | |
|     into firstchar instead.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI
 | |
|         || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       switch (*previous)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         default: /* Make compiler happy. */
 | |
|         case OP_CHAR:  op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOT:   op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTI:  op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's
 | |
|       easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
 | |
|       hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that
 | |
|       it's a length rather than a small character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|       if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1]))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1;
 | |
|         BACKCHAR(lastchar);
 | |
|         c = (int)(code - lastchar);     /* Length of UTF-8 character */
 | |
|         memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */
 | |
|         c |= UTF_LENGTH;                /* Flag c as a length */
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or
 | |
|       with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         c = code[-1];
 | |
|         if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           reqchar = c;
 | |
|           reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
 | |
|       the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
 | |
|       automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
 | |
|       where the match fails. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | |
|           repeat_max < 0 &&
 | |
|           check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | |
|         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
 | |
|     create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
 | |
|     repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
 | |
|     the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
 | |
|     defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
 | |
|     makes it horribly messy. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *oldcode;
 | |
|       int prop_type, prop_value;
 | |
|       op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
 | |
|       c = *previous;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | |
|           repeat_max < 0 &&
 | |
|           check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | |
|         possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
 | |
|       if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         prop_type = previous[1];
 | |
|         prop_value = previous[2];
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       oldcode = code;
 | |
|       code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
 | |
|       this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 | |
|       /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
 | |
|       removed: */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | |
|       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
 | |
|       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       repeat_type += op_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
 | |
|       an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|           else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
 | |
|       maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
 | |
|       left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
 | |
|       one less than the maximum. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 1)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
 | |
|       handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
 | |
|         we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
 | |
|         Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
 | |
|         required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
 | |
|         c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|           if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
 | |
|             code += c & 7;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = c;
 | |
|             if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|               *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
 | |
|         preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
 | |
|         UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
 | |
|           {
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|           if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
 | |
|             code += c & 7;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           *code++ = c;
 | |
|           if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|             *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 1)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | |
|             PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|       if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7));
 | |
|         code += c & 7;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       *code++ = c;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
 | |
|       define the required property. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       if (prop_type >= 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = prop_type;
 | |
|         *code++ = prop_value;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
 | |
|     stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
 | |
|              *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|              *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|              *previous == OP_REF ||
 | |
|              *previous == OP_REFI)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         code = previous;
 | |
|         goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 | |
|       /* This code is obsolete from release 8.00; the restriction was finally
 | |
|       removed: */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | |
|       one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL; */
 | |
|       /*--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | |
|         if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
 | |
|     cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket
 | |
|     opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted
 | |
|     into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >=
 | |
|     OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK,
 | |
|     ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, BRA, CBRA, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow
 | |
|     repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       register int i;
 | |
|       int len = (int)(code - previous);
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL;
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so
 | |
|       we just ignore the repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | |
|         goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential
 | |
|       use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore,
 | |
|       if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the
 | |
|       maximum is not not zero or one, set it to 1. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*previous < OP_ONCE)    /* Assertion */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|         if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
 | |
|       OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
 | |
|       data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
 | |
|       this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
 | |
|       the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
 | |
|       minimum is zero. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_min == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
 | |
|         output altogether, like this:
 | |
| 
 | |
|         ** if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|         **   {
 | |
|         **   code = previous;
 | |
|         **   goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|         **   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced
 | |
|         as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in
 | |
|         OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we
 | |
|         don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this
 | |
|         selectively.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
 | |
|         and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
 | |
|         OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
 | |
|         internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
 | |
|         start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
 | |
|         this. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code = OP_END;
 | |
|           adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|           memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
 | |
|           code++;
 | |
|           if (repeat_max == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
 | |
|             goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           brazeroptr = previous;    /* Save for possessive optimizing */
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
 | |
|         in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
 | |
|         The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
 | |
|         copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
 | |
|         that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
 | |
|         adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
 | |
|         again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int offset;
 | |
|           *code = OP_END;
 | |
|           adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|           memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
 | |
|           code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
|           *previous++ = OP_BRA;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
 | |
|           filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
 | |
|           bralink = previous;
 | |
|           PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         repeat_max--;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
 | |
|       times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
 | |
|       copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
 | |
|       set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
 | |
|       forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
 | |
|       the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (repeat_min > 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | |
|           just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
 | |
|           potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
 | |
|           integer type when available, otherwise double. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
 | |
|             if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
 | |
|                   (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
 | |
|                     (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
 | |
|                 OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             *lengthptr += delta;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for
 | |
|           the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make
 | |
|           sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before
 | |
|           doing the copy. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               reqchar = firstchar;
 | |
|               reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               pcre_uchar *hc;
 | |
|               pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
|               memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
 | |
| 
 | |
|               while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
 | |
|                      WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
 | |
|                 int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
 | |
|                 if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
 | |
|                 this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
| 
 | |
|               for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
 | |
|                 cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | |
|               code += len;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
 | |
|       the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
 | |
|       remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
 | |
|       the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
 | |
|       the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
 | |
|       replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (repeat_max >= 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | |
|         just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
 | |
|         to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
 | |
|         add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
 | |
|         paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is
 | |
|         a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
 | |
|                       2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
 | |
|           if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
 | |
|                 (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|                   > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
 | |
|               OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *lengthptr += delta;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* This is compiling for real */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           pcre_uchar *hc;
 | |
|           pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
 | |
|           chain of brackets outstanding. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (i != 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int offset;
 | |
|             *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | |
|             offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
 | |
|             bralink = code;
 | |
|             PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len));
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before
 | |
|           copying them. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
 | |
|                  WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
 | |
|             int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace;
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
 | |
|             if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|             save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset;
 | |
|             this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
 | |
|             cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | |
|           code += len;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
 | |
|         fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (bralink != NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int oldlinkoffset;
 | |
|           int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
 | |
|           pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset;
 | |
|           oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
 | |
|           bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|           PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | |
|           PUT(bra, 1, offset);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For
 | |
|       ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated
 | |
|       ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the
 | |
|       behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to
 | |
|       deal with possessive ONCEs specially.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see
 | |
|       whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so,
 | |
|       convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
 | |
|       that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE
 | |
|       groups at runtime, but in a different way.]
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a
 | |
|       conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to
 | |
|       KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of
 | |
|       subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes
 | |
|       makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If
 | |
|       the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive
 | |
|       flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside
 | |
|       atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1,
 | |
|       there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap
 | |
|       the whole thing. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) &&
 | |
|             possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to
 | |
|         set the KET. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | |
|           *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been
 | |
|         converted to non-capturing above). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             pcre_uchar *scode = bracode;
 | |
|             do
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd))
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
 | |
|                 break;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               scode += GET(scode, 1);
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (possessive_quantifier)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively
 | |
|             repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS
 | |
|             versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we
 | |
|             must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               int nlen = (int)(code - bracode);
 | |
|               *code = OP_END;
 | |
|               adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|               memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen));
 | |
|               code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|               nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|               *bracode = OP_BRAPOS;
 | |
|               *code++ = OP_KETRPOS;
 | |
|               PUTINC(code, 0, nlen);
 | |
|               PUT(bracode, 1, nlen);
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *bracode += 1;              /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */
 | |
|               *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the
 | |
|             possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO;
 | |
|             if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Non-possessive quantifier */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
 | |
|     JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
 | |
|     by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
 | |
|     error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
 | |
|     tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes,
 | |
|     there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we
 | |
|     wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+'
 | |
|     notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the
 | |
|     special opcodes can optimize it.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been
 | |
|     completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier
 | |
|     is always FALSE at this stage.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which
 | |
|     might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
 | |
|     an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
 | |
|     length of what remains before proceeding. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (possessive_quantifier)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int len;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT)
 | |
|         tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] +
 | |
|           ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP
 | |
|           || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode];
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|         if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]))
 | |
|           tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       len = (int)(code - tempcode);
 | |
|       if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_STARI:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_PLUSI:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_UPTOI:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_NOTSTARI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTPLUSI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break;
 | |
|         case OP_NOTUPTOI:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
 | |
|         case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any
 | |
|         pending recursive references are updated. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|         *code = OP_END;
 | |
|         adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm);
 | |
|         memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len));
 | |
|         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|         PUTINC(code, 0, len);
 | |
|         PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
 | |
|     "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if
 | |
|     it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     END_REPEAT:
 | |
|     previous = NULL;
 | |
|     cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
 | |
|     lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
 | |
|     parenthesis forms.  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|     newoptions = options;
 | |
|     skipbytes = 0;
 | |
|     bravalue = OP_CBRA;
 | |
|     save_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | |
|     reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ptr++;
 | |
|     if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':'
 | |
|          || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0))))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int i, namelen;
 | |
|       int arglen = 0;
 | |
|       const char *vn = verbnames;
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1;
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL;
 | |
|       previous = NULL;
 | |
|       ptr++;
 | |
|       while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|       namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than
 | |
|       a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on
 | |
|       letters, digits, and underscores. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         arg = ++ptr;
 | |
|         while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | |
|         arglen = (int)(ptr - arg);
 | |
|         if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR75;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Scan the table of verb names */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
 | |
|             STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int setverb;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to
 | |
|           ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             open_capitem *oc;
 | |
|             if (arglen != 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             cd->had_accept = TRUE;
 | |
|             for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *code++ = OP_CLOSE;
 | |
|               PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             setverb = *code++ =
 | |
|               (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */
 | |
|             if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else if (arglen == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (verbs[i].op < 0)   /* Argument is mandatory */
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR66;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0)   /* Argument is forbidden */
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR59;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg;
 | |
|             *code++ = arglen;
 | |
|             memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen));
 | |
|             code += arglen;
 | |
|             *code++ = 0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           switch (setverb)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             case OP_THEN:
 | |
|             case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | |
|             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case OP_PRUNE:
 | |
|             case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | |
|             case OP_SKIP:
 | |
|             case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | |
|             cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           break;  /* Found verb, exit loop */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (i < verbcount) continue;    /* Successfully handled a verb */
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR60;          /* Verb not recognized */
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
 | |
|     appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int i, set, unset, namelen;
 | |
|       int *optset;
 | |
|       const pcre_uchar *name;
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *slot;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       switch (*(++ptr))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN:                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:  /* Reset capture count for each branch */
 | |
|         reset_bracount = TRUE;
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_COLON:          /* Non-capturing bracket */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
 | |
|         group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
 | |
|         recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
 | |
|         by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
 | |
| 
 | |
|         There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
 | |
|         be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
 | |
|         by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
 | |
|         In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
 | |
|         cases. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
 | |
|         the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
 | |
|         including assertions, are processed. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | |
|             ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
 | |
|         below), and all need to skip 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
 | |
|         skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
|         refsign = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = -1;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
 | |
|         syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_NULL;
 | |
|           if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!MAX_255(ptr[1]) || (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         recno = 0;
 | |
|         name = ++ptr;
 | |
|         while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (recno >= 0)
 | |
|             recno = (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))? recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0) : -1;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) ||
 | |
|             *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           ptr--;      /* Error offset */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
 | |
|         reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
 | |
|         be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (refsign > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (recno <= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
 | |
|             cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
 | |
|           if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
 | |
|         name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or
 | |
|         OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same,
 | |
|         except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The
 | |
|         information is used to check duplicate names. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break;
 | |
|           slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Found a previous named subpattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (i < cd->names_found)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | |
|                         (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) > 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly
 | |
|         after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there
 | |
|         are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator !=
 | |
|         0 [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
 | |
|         now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
 | |
|         specific group number. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (*name == CHAR_R)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           recno = 0;
 | |
|           for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i]))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
 | |
|         false. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
 | |
|           skipbytes = 1;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
 | |
|         in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:                 /* Positive lookahead */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
 | |
|         cd->assert_depth += 1;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:            /* Negative lookahead */
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)    /* Optimize (?!) */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *code++ = OP_FAIL;
 | |
|           previous = NULL;
 | |
|           continue;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
 | |
|         cd->assert_depth += 1;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:              /* Lookbehind or named define */
 | |
|         switch (ptr[1])
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:               /* Positive lookbehind */
 | |
|           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
 | |
|           cd->assert_depth += 1;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:          /* Negative lookbehind */
 | |
|           bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
 | |
|           cd->assert_depth += 1;
 | |
|           ptr += 2;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
 | |
|           if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0)
 | |
|             goto DEFINE_NAME;
 | |
|           ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:           /* One-time brackets */
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_C:                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
 | |
|         previous_callout = code;     /* Save for later completion */
 | |
|         after_manual_callout = 1;    /* Skip one item before completing */
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           int n = 0;
 | |
|           ptr++;
 | |
|           while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | |
|             n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | |
|           if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (n > 255)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           *code++ = n;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */
 | |
|           PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                          /* Default length */
 | |
|           code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         previous = NULL;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_P:              /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
 | |
|         if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | |
|             *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)  /* Reference or recursion */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
|           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)  /* Test for Python-style defn */
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
 | |
|         case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|             CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
|           name = ++ptr;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|           namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1;
 | |
|               if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | |
|                 goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining
 | |
|           alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are
 | |
|           permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same
 | |
|           number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?|
 | |
|           appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in
 | |
|           a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This
 | |
|           is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed
 | |
|           in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which
 | |
|           would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if
 | |
|           duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This
 | |
|           doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the
 | |
|           same number are not permitted. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             BOOL dupname = FALSE;
 | |
|             slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(namelen));
 | |
|               if (crc == 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 if (slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                   if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 &&
 | |
|                       (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
 | |
|                     {
 | |
|                     *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
 | |
|                     goto FAILED;
 | |
|                     }
 | |
|                   else dupname = TRUE;
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                 else crc = -1;      /* Current name is a substring */
 | |
|                 }
 | |
| 
 | |
|               /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier
 | |
|               name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for
 | |
|               duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they
 | |
|               are in order of their numbers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|               if (crc < 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
 | |
|                   IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size));
 | |
|                 break;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
| 
 | |
|               /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
 | |
| 
 | |
|               slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before
 | |
|             adding the new name. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (!dupname)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               pcre_uchar *cslot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|               for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 if (cslot != slot)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                   if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1)
 | |
|                     {
 | |
|                     *errorcodeptr = ERR65;
 | |
|                     goto FAILED;
 | |
|                     }
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                 else i--;
 | |
|                 cslot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
 | |
|             memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(namelen));
 | |
|             slot[IMM2_SIZE + namelen] = 0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've
 | |
|         encountered. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         cd->names_found++;
 | |
|         ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
 | |
|         goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_AMPERSAND:            /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
 | |
|         terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
|         is_recurse = TRUE;
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
 | |
|         references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
 | |
|         through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
 | |
|         the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
 | |
|         .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
 | |
|         name = ++ptr;
 | |
|         while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | |
|         namelen = (int)(ptr - name);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set
 | |
|         a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass.
 | |
|         However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic,
 | |
|         we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as
 | |
|         otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards
 | |
|         reference, the dummy number will do. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           const pcre_uchar *temp;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (namelen == 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* The name table does not exist in the first pass, so we cannot
 | |
|           do a simple search as in the code below. Instead, we have to scan the
 | |
|           pattern to find the number. It is important that we scan it only as
 | |
|           far as we have got because the syntax of named subpatterns has not
 | |
|           been checked for the rest of the pattern, and find_parens() assumes
 | |
|           correct syntax. In any case, it's a waste of resources to scan
 | |
|           further. We stop the scan at the current point by temporarily
 | |
|           adjusting the value of cd->endpattern. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           temp = cd->end_pattern;
 | |
|           cd->end_pattern = ptr;
 | |
|           recno = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | |
|             (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf);
 | |
|           cd->end_pattern = temp;
 | |
|           if (recno < 0) recno = 0;    /* Forward ref; set dummy number */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
 | |
|         first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
 | |
|         table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
 | |
|         the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           slot = cd->name_table;
 | |
|           for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 &&
 | |
|                 slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0)
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|             slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
 | |
|                     find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | |
|                       (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) <= 0)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
 | |
|         recursion or backreferences. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
 | |
|           else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_R:              /* Recursion */
 | |
|         ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
 | |
|         /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS:  /* Recursion or subroutine */
 | |
|         case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
 | |
|         case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           const pcre_uchar *called;
 | |
|           terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
 | |
|           compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
 | |
|           the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
 | |
|           be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
 | |
|           ever be taken. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | |
|               goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           recno = 0;
 | |
|           while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | |
|             recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
 | |
|             goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (recno == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
 | |
|             if (recno <= 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (recno == 0)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             recno += cd->bracount;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           HANDLE_RECURSION:
 | |
| 
 | |
|           previous = code;
 | |
|           called = cd->start_code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
 | |
|           referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
 | |
|           this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
 | |
|           the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
 | |
|           now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
 | |
|           be filled in at the end. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *code = OP_END;
 | |
|             if (recno != 0)
 | |
|               called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* Forward reference */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (called == NULL)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
 | |
|                     (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf) < 0)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | |
|                 goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
| 
 | |
|               /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an
 | |
|               offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number
 | |
|               of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|               called = cd->start_code + recno;
 | |
|               if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size -
 | |
|                   WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                 *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd);
 | |
|                 if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code));
 | |
|               }
 | |
| 
 | |
|             /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
 | |
|             this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
 | |
|             recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We
 | |
|             must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional
 | |
|             subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in
 | |
|             a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid.
 | |
|             Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in
 | |
|             conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|             else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 &&
 | |
|                      could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd))
 | |
|               {
 | |
|               *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
 | |
|               goto FAILED;
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first
 | |
|           character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be
 | |
|           wrapped with ONCE brackets). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *code = OP_RECURSE;
 | |
|           PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code));
 | |
|           code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|           groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Can't determine a first byte now */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | |
|         default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
 | |
|         OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
 | |
|         set = unset = 0;
 | |
|         optset = &set;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           switch (*ptr++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case CHAR_J:    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
 | |
|             *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
 | |
|             cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
 | |
|             case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
 | |
|                       ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
 | |
|                       goto FAILED;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
 | |
|         group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
 | |
|         item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
 | |
|         abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
 | |
|         the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
 | |
|         caseless checking of required bytes.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
 | |
|         definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
 | |
|         compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
 | |
|         that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
 | |
|         during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
 | |
|         we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
 | |
|         any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
 | |
|         has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
 | |
|         is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
 | |
|         both phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the
 | |
|         case value for firstchar and reqchar. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
 | |
|                (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             cd->external_options = newoptions;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | |
|             greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | |
|             req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
 | |
|             }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
 | |
|           in subsequent branches. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
 | |
|           previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
 | |
|           continue;              /* It is complete */
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
 | |
|         with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
 | |
|         not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
 | |
|         the newoptions value is handled below. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
 | |
|       }       /* End of (? handling */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE
 | |
|     is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
 | |
|     brackets. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Else we have a capturing group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       NUMBERED_GROUP:
 | |
|       cd->bracount += 1;
 | |
|       PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
 | |
|       skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions used not to be repeatable,
 | |
|     but this was changed for Perl compatibility, so all kinds can now be
 | |
|     repeated. We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to
 | |
|     be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     previous = code;                      /* For handling repetition */
 | |
|     *code = bravalue;
 | |
|     tempcode = code;
 | |
|     tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;        /* Save value before bracket */
 | |
|     tempbracount = cd->bracount;          /* Save value before bracket */
 | |
|     length_prevgroup = 0;                 /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (!compile_regex(
 | |
|          newoptions,                      /* The complete new option state */
 | |
|          &tempcode,                       /* Where to put code (updated) */
 | |
|          &ptr,                            /* Input pointer (updated) */
 | |
|          errorcodeptr,                    /* Where to put an error message */
 | |
|          (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
 | |
|           bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
 | |
|          reset_bracount,                  /* True if (?| group */
 | |
|          skipbytes,                       /* Skip over bracket number */
 | |
|          cond_depth +
 | |
|            ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0),   /* Depth of condition subpatterns */
 | |
|          &subfirstchar,                   /* For possible first char */
 | |
|          &subfirstcharflags,
 | |
|          &subreqchar,                     /* For possible last char */
 | |
|          &subreqcharflags,
 | |
|          bcptr,                           /* Current branch chain */
 | |
|          cd,                              /* Tables block */
 | |
|          (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :      /* Actual compile phase */
 | |
|            &length_prevgroup              /* Pre-compile phase */
 | |
|          ))
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it,
 | |
|     generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount)
 | |
|       *code = OP_ONCE_NC;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT)
 | |
|       cd->assert_depth -= 1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
 | |
|     group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group.
 | |
|     The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
 | |
|     two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
 | |
|     in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
 | |
|     not be available. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *tc = code;
 | |
|       int condcount = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       do {
 | |
|          condcount++;
 | |
|          tc += GET(tc,1);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|       while (*tc != OP_KET);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
 | |
|       false). It must have only one branch. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (condcount > 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
 | |
|       make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an
 | |
|       empty second branch. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (condcount > 2)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Error if hit end of pattern */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
 | |
|       goto FAILED;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
 | |
|     less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
 | |
|     set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
 | |
|     duplicated by a quantifier.*/
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|       code++;   /* This already contains bravalue */
 | |
|       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       *code++ = OP_KET;
 | |
|       PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     code = tempcode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
 | |
|     relevant. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
 | |
|     group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
 | |
|     branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
 | |
|     zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and
 | |
|     zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
 | |
|     back off. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|     zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
|     zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|     zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|     groupsetfirstchar = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the
 | |
|       subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
 | |
|       than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has
 | |
|       no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
 | |
|       repeat forces firstchar to "none". */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (subfirstcharflags >= 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           firstchar = subfirstchar;
 | |
|           firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags;
 | |
|           groupsetfirstchar = TRUE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar
 | |
|       into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
 | |
|       existence beforehand. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         subreqchar = subfirstchar;
 | |
|         subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
 | |
|       really the first byte - see above), set it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (subreqcharflags >= 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         reqchar = subreqchar;
 | |
|         reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set. This can be
 | |
|     helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
 | |
|     char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar
 | |
|     for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
 | |
|     such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead
 | |
|     of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
 | |
|     firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       reqchar = subreqchar;
 | |
|       reqcharflags = subreqcharflags;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     break;     /* End of processing '(' */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
 | |
|     are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the
 | |
|     default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values
 | |
|     are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types
 | |
|     that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between
 | |
|     ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are
 | |
|     ever created. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
 | |
|     tempptr = ptr;
 | |
|     escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (escape == 0)
 | |
|       c = ec;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (escape == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | |
|           ptr += 2;               /* avoid empty string */
 | |
|             else inescq = TRUE;
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (escape == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
 | |
|       setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)
 | |
|         firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
 | |
|       is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
 | |
|       ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
 | |
|       or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
 | |
|       -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as
 | |
|       that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (escape == ESC_g)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         const pcre_uchar *p;
 | |
|         save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
 | |
|         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
 | |
|         unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
 | |
|         fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
 | |
|         would actually be in error are never taken. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         skipbytes = 0;
 | |
|         reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Test for a name */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           BOOL is_a_number = TRUE;
 | |
|           for (p = ptr + 1; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != (pcre_uchar)terminator; p++)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (!MAX_255(*p)) { is_a_number = FALSE; break; }
 | |
|             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) is_a_number = FALSE;
 | |
|             if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           if (is_a_number)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             ptr++;
 | |
|             goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           is_recurse = TRUE;
 | |
|           goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         p = ptr + 2;
 | |
|         while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++;
 | |
|         if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         ptr++;
 | |
|         goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
 | |
|       We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax).  */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (escape == ESC_k)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN &&
 | |
|           ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           *errorcodeptr = ERR69;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         is_recurse = FALSE;
 | |
|         terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | |
|           CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
 | |
|           CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
 | |
|         goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if
 | |
|       not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
 | |
|       ':' later. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (escape < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         open_capitem *oc;
 | |
|         recno = -escape;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
 | |
|         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         previous = code;
 | |
|         *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF;
 | |
|         PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
 | |
|         cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
 | |
|         if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
 | |
|         is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
 | |
|         group can be made atomic. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|         for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (oc->number == recno)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             oc->flag = TRUE;
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|       else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         BOOL negated;
 | |
|         unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
 | |
|         if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr))
 | |
|           goto FAILED;
 | |
|         previous = code;
 | |
|         *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
 | |
|         *code++ = ptype;
 | |
|         *code++ = pdata;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #else
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
 | |
|       allowed. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
 | |
|         goto FAILED;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
 | |
|       can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default
 | |
|       situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute
 | |
|       Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character
 | |
|       lookbehind. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B) && cd->max_lookbehind == 0)
 | |
|           cd->max_lookbehind = 1;
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|         if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           nestptr = ptr + 1;                   /* Where to resume */
 | |
|           ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1;  /* Just before substitute */
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE
 | |
|         so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
 | |
|           *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
 | |
|     a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
 | |
|     handle it as a data character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|     if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR)
 | |
|       mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer);
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | |
|      mclength = 1;
 | |
|      }
 | |
|     goto ONE_CHAR;
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* ===================================================================*/
 | |
|     /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
 | |
|     when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
 | |
|     multi-byte literal character. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default:
 | |
|     NORMAL_CHAR:
 | |
|     mclength = 1;
 | |
|     mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
|     if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c))
 | |
|       ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
 | |
|     in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     ONE_CHAR:
 | |
|     previous = code;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether
 | |
|     this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special
 | |
|     OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
|     if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer);
 | |
|       if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *code++ = OP_PROP;
 | |
|         *code++ = PT_CLIST;
 | |
|         *code++ = c;
 | |
|         if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR;
 | |
|     for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
 | |
|       cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
 | |
|     byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
 | |
|     Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero
 | |
|     repeat. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar
 | |
|       only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         firstchar = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
 | |
|         firstchar = mcbuffer[0];
 | |
|         firstcharflags = req_caseopt;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (mclength != 1)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           reqchar = code[-1];
 | |
|           reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is
 | |
|     1 or the matching is caseful. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       zerofirstchar = firstchar;
 | |
|       zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|       zeroreqchar = reqchar;
 | |
|       zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags;
 | |
|       if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         reqchar = code[-1];
 | |
|         reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     break;            /* End of literal character handling */
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }                   /* end of big loop */
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
 | |
| error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
 | |
| to the user for diagnosing the error. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| FAILED:
 | |
| *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
| return FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
 | |
| points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
 | |
| variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
 | |
| This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
 | |
| out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
 | |
| value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
 | |
|   codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
 | |
|   ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
 | |
|   errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
 | |
|   lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
 | |
|   reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
 | |
|   skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
 | |
|   cond_depth     depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns
 | |
|   firstcharptr    place to put the first required character
 | |
|   firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number
 | |
|   reqcharptr     place to put the last required character
 | |
|   reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number
 | |
|   bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
 | |
|   cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
 | |
|   lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | |
|                  points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE on success
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr,
 | |
|   int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
 | |
|   int cond_depth,
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr,
 | |
|   pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr,
 | |
|   branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
 | |
| {
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *last_branch = code;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL;
 | |
| open_capitem capitem;
 | |
| int capnumber = 0;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
 | |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
 | |
| pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar;
 | |
| pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags;
 | |
| int length;
 | |
| unsigned int orig_bracount;
 | |
| unsigned int max_bracount;
 | |
| branch_chain bc;
 | |
| 
 | |
| bc.outer = bcptr;
 | |
| bc.current_branch = code;
 | |
| 
 | |
| firstchar = reqchar = 0;
 | |
| firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
 | |
| length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
 | |
| beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
 | |
| lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
 | |
| start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
 | |
| the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
 | |
| the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
 | |
| them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
 | |
| pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
 | |
| so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to
 | |
| detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that
 | |
| only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants,
 | |
| e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (*code == OP_CBRA)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|   capitem.number = capnumber;
 | |
|   capitem.next = cd->open_caps;
 | |
|   capitem.flag = FALSE;
 | |
|   cd->open_caps = &capitem;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
 | |
| 
 | |
| PUT(code, 1, 0);
 | |
| code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Loop for each alternative branch */
 | |
| 
 | |
| orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | |
| for (;;)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
 | |
|   uses the same numbers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lookbehind)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
 | |
|     reverse_count = code;
 | |
|     PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
 | |
|     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
 | |
|   into the length. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar,
 | |
|         &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc,
 | |
|         cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     return FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
 | |
|   has fewer than the rest. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the
 | |
|     branch become the values for the regex. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       firstchar = branchfirstchar;
 | |
|       firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
 | |
|       reqchar = branchreqchar;
 | |
|       reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to
 | |
|     match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
 | |
|     previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
 | |
|     and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch,
 | |
|       we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was
 | |
|       previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags >= 0 &&
 | |
|           (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (reqcharflags < 0)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           reqchar = firstchar;
 | |
|           reqcharflags = firstcharflags;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         firstcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the
 | |
|       branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         branchreqchar = branchfirstchar;
 | |
|         branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) ||
 | |
|           reqchar != branchreqchar)
 | |
|         reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         reqchar = branchreqchar;
 | |
|         reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
 | |
|     put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
 | |
|     branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3
 | |
|     because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a
 | |
|     flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the
 | |
|     end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of
 | |
|     the problem can be shown. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (lookbehind)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int fixed_length;
 | |
|       *code = OP_END;
 | |
|       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch,  (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0,
 | |
|         FALSE, cd);
 | |
|       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
 | |
|       if (fixed_length == -3)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (fixed_length < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
 | |
|                         (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25;
 | |
|         *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|         return FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind)
 | |
|           cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
 | |
|         PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
 | |
|   compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
 | |
|   of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
 | |
|   first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
 | |
|   group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
 | |
|   bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch);
 | |
|       do
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
 | |
|         PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
 | |
|         branch_length = prev_length;
 | |
|         last_branch -= branch_length;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       while (branch_length > 0);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Fill in the ket */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *code = OP_KET;
 | |
|     PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | |
|     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
 | |
|     recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets.
 | |
|     In any event, remove the block from the chain. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (capnumber > 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (cd->open_caps->flag)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
 | |
|           IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket));
 | |
|         *start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
 | |
|         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | |
|         *code = OP_KET;
 | |
|         PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | |
|         code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     cd->bracount = max_bracount;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     /* Set values to pass back */
 | |
| 
 | |
|     *codeptr = code;
 | |
|     *ptrptr = ptr;
 | |
|     *firstcharptr = firstchar;
 | |
|     *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags;
 | |
|     *reqcharptr = reqchar;
 | |
|     *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags;
 | |
|     if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | |
|         return FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       *lengthptr += length;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     return TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
 | |
|   pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
 | |
|   pretend that each branch is the only one.)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
 | |
|   to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
 | |
|   is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
 | |
|   zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | |
|     length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     *code = OP_ALT;
 | |
|     PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
 | |
|     bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
 | |
|     code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ptr++;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| /* Control never reaches here */
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *          Check for anchored expression         *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
 | |
| alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
 | |
| all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
 | |
| it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will
 | |
| be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode.
 | |
| 
 | |
| We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
 | |
| This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
 | |
| into account the match offset".
 | |
| 
 | |
| A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
 | |
| because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
 | |
| so there is no point trying again.... er ....
 | |
| 
 | |
| .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
 | |
| subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
 | |
| to catch that case precisely.
 | |
| 
 | |
| At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
 | |
| and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
 | |
| However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
 | |
| of the more common cases more precisely.
 | |
| 
 | |
| ... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because
 | |
| this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | |
|                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | |
|                   the less precise approach
 | |
|   cd             points to the compile data block
 | |
|   atomcount      atomic group level
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
 | |
| {
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
 | |
|      code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
 | |
|    register int op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
 | |
|        op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
 | |
|             op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Atomic groups */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1))
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
 | |
|    it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic
 | |
|    group. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
 | |
|              op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
 | |
|          atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for explicit anchoring */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
 | |
| "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
 | |
| matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
 | |
| the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
 | |
| have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
 | |
| because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .*
 | |
| inside atomic brackets or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not
 | |
| count, because once again the assumption no longer holds.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | |
|                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | |
|                   the less precise approach
 | |
|   cd             points to the compile data
 | |
|   atomcount      atomic group level
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static BOOL
 | |
| is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | |
|   compile_data *cd, int atomcount)
 | |
| {
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(
 | |
|      code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
 | |
|    register int op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
 | |
|    conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
 | |
|    for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
 | |
|    auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_COND)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|      if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
 | |
|      switch (*scode)
 | |
|        {
 | |
|        case OP_CREF:
 | |
|        case OP_NCREF:
 | |
|        case OP_RREF:
 | |
|        case OP_NRREF:
 | |
|        case OP_DEF:
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|        default:     /* Assertion */
 | |
|        if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|        do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | |
|        scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|        break;
 | |
|        }
 | |
|      scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE);
 | |
|      op = *scode;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
 | |
|        op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Capturing brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
 | |
|             op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|      int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Positive forward assertions */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Atomic brackets */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or
 | |
|    brackets that may be referenced, as long as the pattern does not contain
 | |
|    *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example,
 | |
|    /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the
 | |
|    start of a line. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 ||
 | |
|          atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip)
 | |
|        return FALSE;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note
 | |
|    in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC
 | |
|    because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside
 | |
|    them. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    /* Move on to the next alternative */
 | |
| 
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
 | |
| return TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
 | |
| discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
 | |
| However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
 | |
| it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
 | |
| char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
 | |
| of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
 | |
| we return that char, otherwise -1.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | |
|   flags       points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE
 | |
|   inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:     the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| static pcre_uint32
 | |
| find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags,
 | |
|   BOOL inassert)
 | |
| {
 | |
| register pcre_uint32 c = 0;
 | |
| int cflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| *flags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
| do {
 | |
|    pcre_uint32 d;
 | |
|    int dflags;
 | |
|    int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA ||
 | |
|              *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0;
 | |
|    const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl,
 | |
|      TRUE);
 | |
|    register pcre_uchar op = *scode;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    switch(op)
 | |
|      {
 | |
|      default:
 | |
|      return 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_BRA:
 | |
|      case OP_BRAPOS:
 | |
|      case OP_CBRA:
 | |
|      case OP_SCBRA:
 | |
|      case OP_CBRAPOS:
 | |
|      case OP_SCBRAPOS:
 | |
|      case OP_ASSERT:
 | |
|      case OP_ONCE:
 | |
|      case OP_ONCE_NC:
 | |
|      case OP_COND:
 | |
|      d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT);
 | |
|      if (dflags < 0)
 | |
|        return 0;
 | |
|      if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0;
 | |
|      break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_EXACT:
 | |
|      scode += IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
|      /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_CHAR:
 | |
|      case OP_PLUS:
 | |
|      case OP_MINPLUS:
 | |
|      case OP_POSPLUS:
 | |
|      if (!inassert) return 0;
 | |
|      if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; }
 | |
|        else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
 | |
|      break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_EXACTI:
 | |
|      scode += IMM2_SIZE;
 | |
|      /* Fall through */
 | |
| 
 | |
|      case OP_CHARI:
 | |
|      case OP_PLUSI:
 | |
|      case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | |
|      case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | |
|      if (!inassert) return 0;
 | |
|      if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; }
 | |
|        else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
 | |
|      break;
 | |
|      }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    code += GET(code, 1);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | |
| 
 | |
| *flags = cflags;
 | |
| return c;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*************************************************
 | |
| *        Compile a Regular Expression            *
 | |
| *************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
 | |
| holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
 | |
| function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
 | |
| compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Arguments:
 | |
|   pattern       the regular expression
 | |
|   options       various option bits
 | |
|   errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
 | |
|                   can be NULL if you don't want a code value
 | |
|   errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
 | |
|   erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
 | |
|   tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
 | |
| 
 | |
| Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
 | |
|                 with errorptr and erroroffset set
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
 | |
|   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
 | |
|   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
 | |
|   int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| {
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | |
| pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
 | |
|   const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| {
 | |
| REAL_PCRE *re;
 | |
| int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
 | |
| pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar;
 | |
| pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags;
 | |
| int newline;
 | |
| int errorcode = 0;
 | |
| int skipatstart = 0;
 | |
| BOOL utf;
 | |
| size_t size;
 | |
| pcre_uchar *code;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *codestart;
 | |
| const pcre_uchar *ptr;
 | |
| compile_data compile_block;
 | |
| compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
 | |
| computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
 | |
| as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
 | |
| this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
 | |
| to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case
 | |
| new memory is obtained from malloc(). */
 | |
| 
 | |
| pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
 | |
| can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
 | |
| pointer. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorptr == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *errorptr = NULL;
 | |
| if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* However, we can give a message for this error */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (erroroffset == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR16;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| *erroroffset = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables);
 | |
| cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
 | |
| cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
 | |
| cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
 | |
| cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR17;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
 | |
| the offset for later. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
 | |
|        ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int newnl = 0;
 | |
|   int newbsr = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the
 | |
| relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that
 | |
| PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3)  == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5)  == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
 | |
|   else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | |
|     { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (newnl != 0)
 | |
|     options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
 | |
|   else if (newbsr != 0)
 | |
|     options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
 | |
|   else break;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */
 | |
| utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The
 | |
| return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in
 | |
| release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is
 | |
| not used here. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF
 | |
| if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
 | |
|      (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR44;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR74;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR77;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #else
 | |
| if (utf)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR32;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP
 | |
| if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR67;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Check validity of \R options. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) ==
 | |
|      (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR56;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
 | |
| current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
 | |
| "anycrlf". */
 | |
| 
 | |
| switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
 | |
|        PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
 | |
|   case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
 | |
|   default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (newline == -2)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else if (newline < 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
 | |
|   if (newline > 255)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     cd->nllen = 2;
 | |
|     cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
 | |
|     cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     cd->nllen = 1;
 | |
|     cd->nl[0] = newline;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
 | |
| references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->top_backref = 0;
 | |
| cd->backref_map = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
 | |
| 
 | |
| DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
 | |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
| print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| DPRINTF(("\n"));
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
 | |
| of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
 | |
| argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
 | |
| to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
 | |
| no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
 | |
| is a test for its doing so. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
 | |
| cd->names_found = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_entry_size = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_table = NULL;
 | |
| cd->start_code = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->hwm = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
 | |
| cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE;
 | |
| cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern;
 | |
| cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern));
 | |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | |
| cd->assert_depth = 0;
 | |
| cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
 | |
| cd->external_options = options;
 | |
| cd->external_flags = 0;
 | |
| cd->open_caps = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
 | |
| don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
 | |
| been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
 | |
| found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
 | |
| outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr += skipatstart;
 | |
| code = cworkspace;
 | |
| *code = OP_BRA;
 | |
| (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE,
 | |
|   FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL,
 | |
|   cd, &length);
 | |
| if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
| 
 | |
| DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
 | |
|   (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace)));
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR20;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
 | |
| externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
 | |
| because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
 | |
| cd->name_entry_size. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar);
 | |
| re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size);
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (re == NULL)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   errorcode = ERR21;
 | |
|   goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
 | |
| flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
 | |
| tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
 | |
| regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
 | |
| pointers. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
 | |
| re->size = (int)size;
 | |
| re->options = cd->external_options;
 | |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags;
 | |
| re->first_char = 0;
 | |
| re->req_char = 0;
 | |
| re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar);
 | |
| re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
 | |
| re->name_count = cd->names_found;
 | |
| re->ref_count = 0;
 | |
| re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables;
 | |
| re->nullpad = NULL;
 | |
| #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = 0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
 | |
| passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
 | |
| options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
 | |
| field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
 | |
| field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
 | |
| cd->assert_depth = 0;
 | |
| cd->bracount = 0;
 | |
| cd->max_lookbehind = 0;
 | |
| cd->names_found = 0;
 | |
| cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
 | |
| codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
 | |
| cd->start_code = codestart;
 | |
| cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace);
 | |
| cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | |
| cd->had_accept = FALSE;
 | |
| cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE;
 | |
| cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE;
 | |
| cd->open_caps = NULL;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
 | |
| error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
 | |
| of the function here. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart;
 | |
| code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
 | |
| *code = OP_BRA;
 | |
| (void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0,
 | |
|   &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL);
 | |
| re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
 | |
| re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
 | |
| re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind;
 | |
| re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (cd->had_accept)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   reqchar = 0;              /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
 | |
|   reqcharflags = REQ_NONE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
 | |
| if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| *code++ = OP_END;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifndef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
| if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
 | |
| /* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra
 | |
| allocated memory as unadressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be
 | |
| detected. */
 | |
| VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated
 | |
| references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   int prev_recno = -1;
 | |
|   const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL;
 | |
|   while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     int offset, recno;
 | |
|     cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
 | |
|     recno = GET(codestart, offset);
 | |
|     if (recno != prev_recno)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno);
 | |
|       prev_recno = recno;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
 | |
|       else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
 | |
|   (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace);
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
 | |
| subpattern. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE
 | |
| (recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here,
 | |
| because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed
 | |
| length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without
 | |
| OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The
 | |
| exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed
 | |
| length, and set their lengths. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (cd->check_lookbehind)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have
 | |
|   their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length
 | |
|   of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find
 | |
|   one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1);
 | |
|        cc != NULL;
 | |
|        cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (GET(cc, 1) == 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       int fixed_length;
 | |
|       pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE);
 | |
|       int end_op = *be;
 | |
|       *be = OP_END;
 | |
|       fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE,
 | |
|         cd);
 | |
|       *be = end_op;
 | |
|       DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
 | |
|       if (fixed_length < 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 :
 | |
|                     (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length;
 | |
|       PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (errorcode != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   (PUBL(free))(re);
 | |
|   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
 | |
|   *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern);
 | |
|   PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
 | |
|   *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
 | |
| the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such
 | |
| as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences
 | |
| of *PRUNE or *SKIP.
 | |
| 
 | |
| Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
 | |
| speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
 | |
| PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
 | |
| start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for
 | |
| non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|     if (firstcharflags < 0)
 | |
|       firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE);
 | |
|     if (firstcharflags >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
 | |
|       {
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|       re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|       re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|       re->first_char = firstchar;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
 | |
|         /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
 | |
|         if (utf)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|           if (re->first_char < 128)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|             if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
 | |
|               re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char)
 | |
|             re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         if (MAX_255(re->first_char)
 | |
|             && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char)
 | |
|           re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
 | |
| variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
 | |
| bytes. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (reqcharflags >= 0 &&
 | |
|      ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0))
 | |
|   {
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
|   re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
|   re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
|   re->req_char = reqchar;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
| #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8)
 | |
|     /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */
 | |
|     if (utf)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|       if (re->req_char < 128)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|         if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
 | |
|           re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char)
 | |
|         re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char)
 | |
|       re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
 | |
| case when building a production library. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG
 | |
| printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
 | |
|   length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
 | |
| 
 | |
| printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char;
 | |
|   const char *caseless =
 | |
|     ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
 | |
|   if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|     else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char;
 | |
|   const char *caseless =
 | |
|     ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)";
 | |
|   if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|     else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
 | |
| was compiled can be seen. */
 | |
| 
 | |
| if (code - codestart > length)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   (PUBL(free))(re);
 | |
|   *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
 | |
|   *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern;
 | |
|   if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
 | |
|   return NULL;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif   /* PCRE_DEBUG */
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8
 | |
| return (pcre *)re;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16
 | |
| return (pcre16 *)re;
 | |
| #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32
 | |
| return (pcre32 *)re;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* End of pcre_compile.c */
 |